loadbalancer

package
v2.11.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Sep 19, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 7 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type Backend 

type Backend struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntOutput    `pulumi:"port"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

This resource provides the Backend resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a backend server to a backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewBackend(ctx, "test_backend", &LoadBalancer.BackendArgs{
			BackendsetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
			IpAddress:      pulumi.Any(backendIpAddress),
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Port:           pulumi.Any(backendPort),
			Backup:         pulumi.Any(backendBackup),
			Drain:          pulumi.Any(backendDrain),
			MaxConnections: pulumi.Any(backendMaxConnections),
			Offline:        pulumi.Any(backendOffline),
			Weight:         pulumi.Any(backendWeight),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

Backends can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/backend:Backend test_backend "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/backendSets/{backendSetName}/backends/{backendName}" ```

func GetBackend 

func GetBackend(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *BackendState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Backend, error)

GetBackend gets an existing Backend resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewBackend 

func NewBackend(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *BackendArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Backend, error)

NewBackend registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Backend) ElementType 

func (*Backend) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Backend) ToBackendOutput 

func (i *Backend) ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput

func (*Backend) ToBackendOutputWithContext 

func (i *Backend) ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput

type BackendArgs 

type BackendArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Backend resource.

func (BackendArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendArray 

type BackendArray []BackendInput

func (BackendArray) ElementType 

func (BackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutput 

func (i BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput

func (BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendArrayOutput

type BackendArrayInput 

type BackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput
	ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendArrayOutput
}

BackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendArray and BackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendArrayInput` via: 

BackendArray{ BackendArgs{...} }

type BackendArrayOutput 

type BackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendArrayOutput) Index 

func (o BackendArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) BackendOutput

func (BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutput 

func (o BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput

func (BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendArrayOutput

type BackendInput 

type BackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput
	ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput
}

type BackendMap 

type BackendMap map[string]BackendInput

func (BackendMap) ElementType 

func (BackendMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutput 

func (i BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput

func (BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendMapOutput

type BackendMapInput 

type BackendMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput
	ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendMapOutput
}

BackendMapInput is an input type that accepts BackendMap and BackendMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendMapInput` via: 

BackendMap{ "key": BackendArgs{...} }

type BackendMapOutput 

type BackendMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendMapOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o BackendMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) BackendOutput

func (BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutput 

func (o BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput

func (BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendMapOutput

type BackendOutput 

type BackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendOutput) BackendsetName 

func (o BackendOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the backend set to add the backend server to. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendOutput) Backup 

func (o BackendOutput) Backup() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

**Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.

Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) Drain 

func (o BackendOutput) Drain() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendOutput) IpAddress 

func (o BackendOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (BackendOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o BackendOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.

func (BackendOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o BackendOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (BackendOutput) Name 

func (o BackendOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (BackendOutput) Offline 

func (o BackendOutput) Offline() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) Port 

func (o BackendOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port for the backend server. Example: `8080`

func (BackendOutput) State 

func (o BackendOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (BackendOutput) ToBackendOutput 

func (o BackendOutput) ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput

func (BackendOutput) ToBackendOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendOutput) ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput

func (BackendOutput) Weight 

func (o BackendOutput) Weight() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSet 

type BackendSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	BackendMaxConnections pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"backendMaxConnections"`
	// (Updatable)
	Backends BackendSetBackendArrayOutput `pulumi:"backends"`
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput `pulumi:"healthChecker"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"policy"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfiguration"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"sslConfiguration"`
	State            pulumi.StringOutput                 `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Backend Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a backend set to a load balancer.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancerBackendset`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewBackendSet(ctx, "test_backend_set", &LoadBalancer.BackendSetArgs{
			HealthChecker: &loadbalancer.BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{
				Protocol:          pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerProtocol),
				IntervalMs:        pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerIntervalMs),
				IsForcePlainText:  pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerIsForcePlainText),
				Port:              pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerPort),
				ResponseBodyRegex: pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerResponseBodyRegex),
				Retries:           pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerRetries),
				ReturnCode:        pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerReturnCode),
				TimeoutInMillis:   pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerTimeoutInMillis),
				UrlPath:           pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerUrlPath),
			},
			LoadBalancerId:        pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:                  pulumi.Any(backendSetName),
			Policy:                pulumi.Any(backendSetPolicy),
			BackendMaxConnections: pulumi.Any(backendSetBackendMaxConnections),
			LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{
				CookieName:      pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationCookieName),
				DisableFallback: pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDisableFallback),
				Domain:          pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDomain),
				IsHttpOnly:      pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationIsHttpOnly),
				IsSecure:        pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationIsSecure),
				MaxAgeInSeconds: pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationMaxAgeInSeconds),
				Path:            pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPath),
			},
			SessionPersistenceConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{
				CookieName:      pulumi.Any(backendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationCookieName),
				DisableFallback: pulumi.Any(backendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationDisableFallback),
			},
			SslConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{
				CertificateIds:                 pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationCertificateIds),
				CertificateName:                pulumi.Any(testCertificate.Name),
				CipherSuiteName:                pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationCipherSuiteName),
				Protocols:                      pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationProtocols),
				ServerOrderPreference:          pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationServerOrderPreference),
				TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds: pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationTrustedCertificateAuthorityIds),
				VerifyDepth:                    pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationVerifyDepth),
				VerifyPeerCertificate:          pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationVerifyPeerCertificate),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

``` **Note:** The `sessionPersistenceConfiguration` (application cookie stickiness) and `lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration` 

(LB cookie stickiness) attributes are mutually exclusive. To avoid returning an error, configure only one of these two
attributes per backend set.

## Import

BackendSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/backendSet:BackendSet test_backend_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/backendSets/{backendSetName}" ```

func GetBackendSet 

func GetBackendSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *BackendSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BackendSet, error)

GetBackendSet gets an existing BackendSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewBackendSet 

func NewBackendSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *BackendSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BackendSet, error)

NewBackendSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*BackendSet) ElementType 

func (*BackendSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutput 

func (i *BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput

func (*BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext 

func (i *BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput

type BackendSetArgs 

type BackendSetArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	BackendMaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a BackendSet resource.

func (BackendSetArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendSetArray 

type BackendSetArray []BackendSetInput

func (BackendSetArray) ElementType 

func (BackendSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutput 

func (i BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput

func (BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput

type BackendSetArrayInput 

type BackendSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput
	ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput
}

BackendSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetArray and BackendSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetArrayInput` via: 

BackendSetArray{ BackendSetArgs{...} }

type BackendSetArrayOutput 

type BackendSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o BackendSetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) BackendSetOutput

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutput 

func (o BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackend 

type BackendSetBackend struct {
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup *bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain *bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// (Updatable) The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections *int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name *string `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline *bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight *int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type BackendSetBackendArgs 

type BackendSetBackendArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// (Updatable) The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutput 

func (i BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput

type BackendSetBackendArray 

type BackendSetBackendArray []BackendSetBackendInput

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ElementType 

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput 

func (i BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackendArrayInput 

type BackendSetBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput
	ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput
}

BackendSetBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetBackendArray and BackendSetBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetBackendArrayInput` via: 

BackendSetBackendArray{ BackendSetBackendArgs{...} }

type BackendSetBackendArrayOutput 

type BackendSetBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) Index 

func (o BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput 

func (o BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackendInput 

type BackendSetBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput
	ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput
}

BackendSetBackendInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetBackendArgs and BackendSetBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetBackendInput` via: 

BackendSetBackendArgs{...}

type BackendSetBackendOutput 

type BackendSetBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Backup 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Backup() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

**Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.

Example: `false`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Drain 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Drain() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) IpAddress 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Name 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Name() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.

Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Offline 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Offline() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Port 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The communication port for the backend server. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutput 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Weight 

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) Weight() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type BackendSetHealthChecker 

type BackendSetHealthChecker struct {
	// (Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds.  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs *int `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// (Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	//
	// If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.
	//
	// If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	IsForcePlainText *bool `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port *int `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex *string `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// (Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state.  Example: `3`
	Retries *int `pulumi:"retries"`
	// (Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return.  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode *int `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period.  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis *int `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// (Updatable) The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath *string `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

type BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs 

type BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds.  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// (Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	//
	// If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.
	//
	// If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	IsForcePlainText pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// (Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state.  Example: `3`
	Retries pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"retries"`
	// (Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return.  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period.  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// (Updatable) The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput 

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput 

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerInput 

type BackendSetHealthCheckerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput
	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput
}

BackendSetHealthCheckerInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs and BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetHealthCheckerInput` via: 

BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

type BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput 

type BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. Example: `10000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.

If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.

Example: `false`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Port 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Port() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return. Example: `200`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Example: `3000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput 

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput
}

BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs, BackendSetHealthCheckerPtr and BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput` via: 

        BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func BackendSetHealthCheckerPtr 

func BackendSetHealthCheckerPtr(v *BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput 

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Elem() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IntervalMs 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IntervalMs() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. Example: `10000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IsForcePlainText 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IsForcePlainText() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.

If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.

Example: `false`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Port 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Port() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Protocol 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ResponseBodyRegex 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ResponseBodyRegex() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Retries 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Retries() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ReturnCode 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ReturnCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return. Example: `200`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) TimeoutInMillis 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) TimeoutInMillis() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Example: `3000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) UrlPath 

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) UrlPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type BackendSetInput 

type BackendSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput
	ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput
}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie inserted by the load balancer. If this field is not configured, the cookie name defaults to "X-Oracle-BMC-LBS-Route".  Example: `exampleCookie`
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  Ensure that the cookie name used at the backend application servers is different from the cookie name used at the load balancer. To minimize the chance of name collision, Oracle recommends that you use a prefix such as "X-Oracle-OCI-" for this field.
	// *  If a backend server and the load balancer both insert cookies with the same name, the client or browser behavior can vary depending on the domain and path values associated with the cookie. If the name, domain, and path values of the `Set-cookie` generated by a backend server and the `Set-cookie` generated by the load balancer are all the same, the client or browser treats them as one cookie and returns only one of the cookie values in subsequent requests. If both `Set-cookie` names are the same, but the domain and path names are different, the client or browser treats them as two different cookies.
	CookieName *string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback *bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// (Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made.
	// *  Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.
	//
	// Example: `example.com`
	Domain *string `pulumi:"domain"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly *bool `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	//
	// **Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsSecure *bool `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// (Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.
	//
	// Example: `3600`
	MaxAgeInSeconds *int `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// (Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.
	//
	// The default value is `/`.
	//
	// Example: `/example`
	Path *string `pulumi:"path"`
}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie inserted by the load balancer. If this field is not configured, the cookie name defaults to "X-Oracle-BMC-LBS-Route".  Example: `exampleCookie`
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  Ensure that the cookie name used at the backend application servers is different from the cookie name used at the load balancer. To minimize the chance of name collision, Oracle recommends that you use a prefix such as "X-Oracle-OCI-" for this field.
	// *  If a backend server and the load balancer both insert cookies with the same name, the client or browser behavior can vary depending on the domain and path values associated with the cookie. If the name, domain, and path values of the `Set-cookie` generated by a backend server and the `Set-cookie` generated by the load balancer are all the same, the client or browser treats them as one cookie and returns only one of the cookie values in subsequent requests. If both `Set-cookie` names are the same, but the domain and path names are different, the client or browser treats them as two different cookies.
	CookieName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// (Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made.
	// *  Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.
	//
	// Example: `example.com`
	Domain pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"domain"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	//
	// **Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsSecure pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// (Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.
	//
	// Example: `3600`
	MaxAgeInSeconds pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// (Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.
	//
	// The default value is `/`.
	//
	// Example: `/example`
	Path pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"path"`
}

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via: 

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cookie inserted by the load balancer. If this field is not configured, the cookie name defaults to "X-Oracle-BMC-LBS-Route". Example: `exampleCookie`

**Notes:** * Ensure that the cookie name used at the backend application servers is different from the cookie name used at the load balancer. To minimize the chance of name collision, Oracle recommends that you use a prefix such as "X-Oracle-OCI-" for this field. * If a backend server and the load balancer both insert cookies with the same name, the client or browser behavior can vary depending on the domain and path values associated with the cookie. If the name, domain, and path values of the `Set-cookie` generated by a backend server and the `Set-cookie` generated by the load balancer are all the same, the client or browser treats them as one cookie and returns only one of the cookie values in subsequent requests. If both `Set-cookie` names are the same, but the domain and path names are different, the client or browser treats them as two different cookies.

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.

**Notes:** * [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.

If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made. * Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.

Example: `example.com`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

**Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.

Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.

Example: `3600`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.

The default value is `/`.

Example: `/example`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs, BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr and BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput` via: 

        BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr 

func BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr(v *BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cookie inserted by the load balancer. If this field is not configured, the cookie name defaults to "X-Oracle-BMC-LBS-Route". Example: `exampleCookie`

**Notes:** * Ensure that the cookie name used at the backend application servers is different from the cookie name used at the load balancer. To minimize the chance of name collision, Oracle recommends that you use a prefix such as "X-Oracle-OCI-" for this field. * If a backend server and the load balancer both insert cookies with the same name, the client or browser behavior can vary depending on the domain and path values associated with the cookie. If the name, domain, and path values of the `Set-cookie` generated by a backend server and the `Set-cookie` generated by the load balancer are all the same, the client or browser treats them as one cookie and returns only one of the cookie values in subsequent requests. If both `Set-cookie` names are the same, but the domain and path names are different, the client or browser treats them as two different cookies.

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Domain 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Domain() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.

**Notes:** * [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.

If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made. * Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.

Example: `example.com`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsHttpOnly 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsHttpOnly() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsSecure 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsSecure() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

**Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.

Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.

Example: `3600`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Path 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Path() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.

The default value is `/`.

Example: `/example`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetMap 

type BackendSetMap map[string]BackendSetInput

func (BackendSetMap) ElementType 

func (BackendSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutput 

func (i BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput

func (BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput

type BackendSetMapInput 

type BackendSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput
	ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput
}

BackendSetMapInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetMap and BackendSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetMapInput` via: 

BackendSetMap{ "key": BackendSetArgs{...} }

type BackendSetMapOutput 

type BackendSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o BackendSetMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) BackendSetOutput

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutput 

func (o BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput

type BackendSetOutput 

type BackendSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetOutput) BackendMaxConnections 

func (o BackendSetOutput) BackendMaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (BackendSetOutput) Backends 

func (o BackendSetOutput) Backends() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

(Updatable)

func (BackendSetOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetOutput) HealthChecker 

func (o BackendSetOutput) HealthChecker() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

(Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.

func (BackendSetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration 

func (o BackendSetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).

Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).

When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.

Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.

To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.

Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`

**Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o BackendSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.

func (BackendSetOutput) Name 

func (o BackendSetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.

Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendSetOutput) Policy 

func (o BackendSetOutput) Policy() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation. Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`

func (BackendSetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfiguration 

func (o BackendSetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfiguration() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).

Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).

With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.

To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.

Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`

**Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) SslConfiguration 

func (o BackendSetOutput) SslConfiguration() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

(Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) State 

func (o BackendSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutput 

func (o BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput

func (BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfiguration 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback *bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via: 

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs, BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr and BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput` via: 

        BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr 

func BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr(v *BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSslConfiguration 

type BackendSetSslConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName *string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName *string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	// *  TLSv1.3
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference *string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth *int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate *bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs 

type BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	// *  TLSv1.3
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput 

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationInput 

type BackendSetSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs and BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSslConfigurationInput` via: 

BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput 

type BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2 * TLSv1.3

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput 

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs, BackendSetSslConfigurationPtr and BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput` via: 

        BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func BackendSetSslConfigurationPtr 

func BackendSetSslConfigurationPtr(v *BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2 * TLSv1.3

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate 

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSetState 

type BackendSetState struct {
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	BackendMaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// (Updatable)
	Backends BackendSetBackendArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput
	State            pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (BackendSetState) ElementType 

func (BackendSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendState 

type BackendState struct {
	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

func (BackendState) ElementType 

func (BackendState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Certificate 

type Certificate struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

## Example Usage

## Import

Certificates can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/certificate:Certificate test_certificate "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/certificates/{certificateName}" ```

func GetCertificate 

func GetCertificate(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *CertificateState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Certificate, error)

GetCertificate gets an existing Certificate resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewCertificate 

func NewCertificate(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *CertificateArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Certificate, error)

NewCertificate registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Certificate) ElementType 

func (*Certificate) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Certificate) ToCertificateOutput 

func (i *Certificate) ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput

func (*Certificate) ToCertificateOutputWithContext 

func (i *Certificate) ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput

type CertificateArgs 

type CertificateArgs struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Certificate resource.

func (CertificateArgs) ElementType 

func (CertificateArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type CertificateArray 

type CertificateArray []CertificateInput

func (CertificateArray) ElementType 

func (CertificateArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutput 

func (i CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput

func (CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput

type CertificateArrayInput 

type CertificateArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput
	ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput
}

CertificateArrayInput is an input type that accepts CertificateArray and CertificateArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateArrayInput` via: 

CertificateArray{ CertificateArgs{...} }

type CertificateArrayOutput 

type CertificateArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateArrayOutput) Index 

func (o CertificateArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) CertificateOutput

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutput 

func (o CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput

type CertificateInput 

type CertificateInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput
	ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput
}

type CertificateMap 

type CertificateMap map[string]CertificateInput

func (CertificateMap) ElementType 

func (CertificateMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutput 

func (i CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput

func (CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext 

func (i CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateMapOutput

type CertificateMapInput 

type CertificateMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput
	ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateMapOutput
}

CertificateMapInput is an input type that accepts CertificateMap and CertificateMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateMapInput` via: 

CertificateMap{ "key": CertificateArgs{...} }

type CertificateMapOutput 

type CertificateMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateMapOutput) ElementType 

func (CertificateMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o CertificateMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) CertificateOutput

func (CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutput 

func (o CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput

func (CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext 

func (o CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateMapOutput

type CertificateOutput 

type CertificateOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateOutput) CaCertificate 

func (o CertificateOutput) CaCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

Example:

-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy ... -----END CERTIFICATE-----

func (CertificateOutput) CertificateName 

func (o CertificateOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (CertificateOutput) ElementType 

func (CertificateOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o CertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.

func (CertificateOutput) Passphrase 

func (o CertificateOutput) Passphrase() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.

func (CertificateOutput) PrivateKey 

func (o CertificateOutput) PrivateKey() pulumi.StringOutput

The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.

Example:

-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----- jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16 /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ ... -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----

func (CertificateOutput) PublicCertificate 

func (o CertificateOutput) PublicCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

Example:

-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH ... -----END CERTIFICATE-----

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (CertificateOutput) State 

func (o CertificateOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutput 

func (o CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput

func (CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutputWithContext 

func (o CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput

type CertificateState 

type CertificateState struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State             pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (CertificateState) ElementType 

func (CertificateState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendHealthArgs 

type GetBackendHealthArgs struct {
	// The IP address and port of the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	BackendName string `pulumi:"backendName"`
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend server health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendHealth.

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult struct {
	// The result of the most recent health check.
	HealthCheckStatus string `pulumi:"healthCheckStatus"`
	// The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status.  Example: `10.0.0.7`
	SourceIpAddress string `pulumi:"sourceIpAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.
	SubnetId string `pulumi:"subnetId"`
	// The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`
	Timestamp string `pulumi:"timestamp"`
}

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs struct {
	// The result of the most recent health check.
	HealthCheckStatus pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"healthCheckStatus"`
	// The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status.  Example: `10.0.0.7`
	SourceIpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"sourceIpAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.
	SubnetId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"subnetId"`
	// The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`
	Timestamp pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"timestamp"`
}

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput 

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray []GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput
}

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray and GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray{ GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs{...} }

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput
	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput
}

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs and GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput` via: 

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs{...}

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput 

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) HealthCheckStatus 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) HealthCheckStatus() pulumi.StringOutput

The result of the most recent health check.

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SourceIpAddress 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SourceIpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status. Example: `10.0.0.7`

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SubnetId 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SubnetId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) Timestamp 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) Timestamp() pulumi.StringOutput

The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthOutputArgs 

type GetBackendHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The IP address and port of the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	BackendName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendName"`
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend server health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendHealth.

func (GetBackendHealthOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendHealthResult 

type GetBackendHealthResult struct {
	BackendName    string `pulumi:"backendName"`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A list of the most recent health check results returned for the specified backend server.
	HealthCheckResults []GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult `pulumi:"healthCheckResults"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The general health status of the specified backend server as reported by the primary and standby load balancers.
	// *   **OK:** Both health checks returned `OK`.
	// *   **WARNING:** One health check returned `OK` and one did not.
	// *   **CRITICAL:** Neither health check returned `OK`.
	// *   **UNKNOWN:** One or both health checks returned `UNKNOWN`, or the system was unable to retrieve metrics at this time.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendHealth.

func GetBackendHealth 

func GetBackendHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Backend Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the current health status of the specified backend server.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendHealthArgs{
			BackendName:    testBackend.Name,
			BackendSetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendHealthResultOutput 

type GetBackendHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendHealth.

func GetBackendHealthOutput 

func GetBackendHealthOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetBackendHealthOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetBackendHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendName 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) HealthCheckResults 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) HealthCheckResults() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

A list of the most recent health check results returned for the specified backend server.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Status 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Status() pulumi.StringOutput

The general health status of the specified backend server as reported by the primary and standby load balancers. * **OK:** Both health checks returned `OK`. * **WARNING:** One health check returned `OK` and one did not. * **CRITICAL:** Neither health check returned `OK`. * **UNKNOWN:** One or both health checks returned `UNKNOWN`, or the system was unable to retrieve metrics at this time.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutput 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutput() GetBackendHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthResultOutput

type GetBackendSetHealthArgs 

type GetBackendSetHealthArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSetHealth.

type GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs 

type GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSetHealth.

func (GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendSetHealthResult 

type GetBackendSetHealthResult struct {
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.4:8080`
	CriticalStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"criticalStateBackendNames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// Overall health status of the backend set.
	// *  **OK:** All backend servers in the backend set return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **WARNING:** Half or more of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK` and at least one backend server returns a status of `WARNING`, `CRITICAL`, or `UNKNOWN`.
	// *  **CRITICAL:** Fewer than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **UNKNOWN:** More than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `UNKNOWN`, the system was unable to retrieve metrics, or the backend set does not have a listener attached.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// The total number of backend servers in this backend set.  Example: `7`
	TotalBackendCount int `pulumi:"totalBackendCount"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.5:8080`
	UnknownStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"unknownStateBackendNames"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	WarningStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"warningStateBackendNames"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendSetHealth.

func GetBackendSetHealth 

func GetBackendSetHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendSetHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendSetHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Backend Set Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the health status for the specified backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendSetHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendSetHealthArgs{
			BackendSetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput 

type GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendSetHealth.

func GetBackendSetHealthOutput 

func GetBackendSetHealthOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendNames 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.4:8080`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Status 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Status() pulumi.StringOutput

Overall health status of the backend set. * **OK:** All backend servers in the backend set return a status of `OK`. * **WARNING:** Half or more of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK` and at least one backend server returns a status of `WARNING`, `CRITICAL`, or `UNKNOWN`. * **CRITICAL:** Fewer than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK`. * **UNKNOWN:** More than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `UNKNOWN`, the system was unable to retrieve metrics, or the backend set does not have a listener attached.

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutput() GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendCount 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendCount() pulumi.IntOutput

The total number of backend servers in this backend set. Example: `7`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendNames 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.5:8080`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendNames 

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

type GetBackendSetsArgs 

type GetBackendSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetBackendSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSets.

type GetBackendSetsBackendset 

type GetBackendSetsBackendset struct {
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	BackendMaxConnections int                               `pulumi:"backendMaxConnections"`
	Backends              []GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend `pulumi:"backends"`
	// The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).
	HealthCheckers []GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker `pulumi:"healthCheckers"`
	Id             string                                  `pulumi:"id"`
	// The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy string `pulumi:"policy"`
	// The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	SessionPersistenceConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// A listener's SSL handling configuration.
	SslConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration `pulumi:"sslConfigurations"`
	State             string                                     `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs struct {
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	BackendMaxConnections pulumi.IntInput                           `pulumi:"backendMaxConnections"`
	Backends              GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput `pulumi:"backends"`
	// The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).
	HealthCheckers GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput `pulumi:"healthCheckers"`
	Id             pulumi.StringInput                              `pulumi:"id"`
	// The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"policy"`
	// The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	SessionPersistenceConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// A listener's SSL handling configuration.
	SslConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"sslConfigurations"`
	State             pulumi.StringInput                                 `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Backup 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Backup() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Drain 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Drain() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) IpAddress 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Name 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Offline 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Offline() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Port 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Weight 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Weight() pulumi.IntOutput

The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker struct {
	// The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds).  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs int `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	IsForcePlainText bool `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex string `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3.  Example: `3`
	Retries int `pulumi:"retries"`
	// The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200".  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode int `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds).  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis int `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath string `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs struct {
	// The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds).  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	IsForcePlainText pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3.  Example: `3`
	Retries pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"retries"`
	// The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200".  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds).  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs() pulumi.IntOutput

The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds). Example: `10000`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText() pulumi.BoolOutput

Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Port 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex() pulumi.StringOutput

A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries() pulumi.IntOutput

The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3. Example: `3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200". Example: `200`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds). Example: `3000`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath() pulumi.StringOutput

The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	Domain string `pulumi:"domain"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly bool `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	IsSecure bool `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	MaxAgeInSeconds int `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	Domain pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"domain"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	IsSecure pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	MaxAgeInSeconds pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain() pulumi.StringOutput

The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds() pulumi.IntOutput

The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) BackendMaxConnections 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) BackendMaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting. If this is not set then the number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to any backend in the backend set unless the backend has its own maxConnections setting is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Backends 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Backends() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) HealthCheckers 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) HealthCheckers() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Id 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Name 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Policy 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Policy() pulumi.StringOutput

The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation. Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfigurations 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfigurations() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SslConfigurations 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SslConfigurations() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

A listener's SSL handling configuration.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) State 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration struct {
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	CipherSuiteName string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	ServerOrderPreference string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	VerifyPeerCertificate bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput 

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringOutput

When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate 

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

type GetBackendSetsFilter 

type GetBackendSetsFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetBackendSetsFilterArgs 

type GetBackendSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArray 

type GetBackendSetsFilterArray []GetBackendSetsFilterInput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput 

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsFilterArray and GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsFilterArray{ GetBackendSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput 

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterInput 

type GetBackendSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput
}

GetBackendSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsFilterArgs and GetBackendSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsFilterInput` via: 

GetBackendSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsFilterOutput 

type GetBackendSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsOutputArgs 

type GetBackendSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSets.

func (GetBackendSetsOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendSetsResult 

type GetBackendSetsResult struct {
	// The list of backendsets.
	Backendsets []GetBackendSetsBackendset `pulumi:"backendsets"`
	Filters     []GetBackendSetsFilter     `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendSets.

func GetBackendSets 

func GetBackendSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Backend Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all backend sets associated with a given load balancer.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancerBackendsets`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendSetsResultOutput 

type GetBackendSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendSets.

func GetBackendSetsOutput 

func GetBackendSetsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetBackendSetsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetBackendSetsResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Backendsets 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Backendsets() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

The list of backendsets.

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Filters() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutput 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutput() GetBackendSetsResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsResultOutput

type GetBackendsArgs 

type GetBackendsArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName string              `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        []GetBackendsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackends.

type GetBackendsBackend 

type GetBackendsBackend struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName string `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup *bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  int    `pulumi:"port"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type GetBackendsBackendArgs 

type GetBackendsBackendArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited.  Example: `300`
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntInput    `pulumi:"port"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput 

func (i GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput

type GetBackendsBackendArray 

type GetBackendsBackendArray []GetBackendsBackendInput

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendsBackendArrayInput 

type GetBackendsBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput
}

GetBackendsBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsBackendArray and GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsBackendArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendsBackendArray{ GetBackendsBackendArgs{...} }

type GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput 

type GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendsBackendInput 

type GetBackendsBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput
	ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput
}

GetBackendsBackendInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsBackendArgs and GetBackendsBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsBackendInput` via: 

GetBackendsBackendArgs{...}

type GetBackendsBackendOutput 

type GetBackendsBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) BackendsetName 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Backup 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Backup() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Drain 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Drain() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) IpAddress 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend. If this is not set then the maximum number of simultaneous connections the load balancer can make to the backend is unlimited. Example: `300`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Name 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Offline 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Offline() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Port 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port for the backend server. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) State 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Weight 

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) Weight() pulumi.IntOutput

The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type GetBackendsFilter 

type GetBackendsFilter struct {
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetBackendsFilterArgs 

type GetBackendsFilterArgs struct {
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput 

func (i GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput

type GetBackendsFilterArray 

type GetBackendsFilterArray []GetBackendsFilterInput

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendsFilterArrayInput 

type GetBackendsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetBackendsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsFilterArray and GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetBackendsFilterArray{ GetBackendsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput 

type GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendsFilterInput 

type GetBackendsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput
	ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput
}

GetBackendsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsFilterArgs and GetBackendsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsFilterInput` via: 

GetBackendsFilterArgs{...}

type GetBackendsFilterOutput 

type GetBackendsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput 

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetBackendsOutputArgs 

type GetBackendsOutputArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput          `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        GetBackendsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackends.

func (GetBackendsOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendsResult 

type GetBackendsResult struct {
	// The list of backends.
	Backends       []GetBackendsBackend `pulumi:"backends"`
	BackendsetName string               `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        []GetBackendsFilter  `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackends.

func GetBackends 

func GetBackends(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Backends in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the backend servers for a given load balancer and backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackends(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendsArgs{
			BackendsetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendsResultOutput 

type GetBackendsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackends.

func GetBackendsOutput 

func GetBackendsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetBackendsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetBackendsResultOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Backends 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) Backends() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

The list of backends.

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) BackendsetName 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) Filters() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutput 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutput() GetBackendsResultOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsResultOutput

type GetCertificatesArgs 

type GetCertificatesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetCertificatesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getCertificates.

type GetCertificatesCertificate 

type GetCertificatesCertificate struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	CaCertificate string `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId string  `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	Passphrase     *string `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	PrivateKey     string  `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	PublicCertificate string `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetCertificatesCertificateArgs 

type GetCertificatesCertificateArgs struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	Passphrase     pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	PrivateKey     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput 

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext 

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArray 

type GetCertificatesCertificateArray []GetCertificatesCertificateInput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput 

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput 

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput
	ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput
}

GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesCertificateArray and GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput` via: 

GetCertificatesCertificateArray{ GetCertificatesCertificateArgs{...} }

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput 

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateInput 

type GetCertificatesCertificateInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput
	ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput
}

GetCertificatesCertificateInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesCertificateArgs and GetCertificatesCertificateOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesCertificateInput` via: 

GetCertificatesCertificateArgs{...}

type GetCertificatesCertificateOutput 

type GetCertificatesCertificateOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CaCertificate 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CaCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CertificateName 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) Passphrase 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) Passphrase() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PrivateKey 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PrivateKey() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PublicCertificate 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PublicCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) State 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext 

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

type GetCertificatesFilter 

type GetCertificatesFilter struct {
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetCertificatesFilterArgs 

type GetCertificatesFilterArgs struct {
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput 

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterArray 

type GetCertificatesFilterArray []GetCertificatesFilterInput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput 

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesFilterArray and GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetCertificatesFilterArray{ GetCertificatesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterInput 

type GetCertificatesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput
	ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput
}

GetCertificatesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesFilterArgs and GetCertificatesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesFilterInput` via: 

GetCertificatesFilterArgs{...}

type GetCertificatesFilterOutput 

type GetCertificatesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesOutputArgs 

type GetCertificatesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getCertificates.

func (GetCertificatesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetCertificatesResult 

type GetCertificatesResult struct {
	// The list of certificates.
	Certificates []GetCertificatesCertificate `pulumi:"certificates"`
	Filters      []GetCertificatesFilter      `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getCertificates.

func GetCertificates 

func GetCertificates(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetCertificatesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetCertificatesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Certificates in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all SSL certificates bundles associated with a given load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetCertificates(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetCertificatesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetCertificatesResultOutput 

type GetCertificatesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getCertificates.

func GetCertificatesOutput 

func GetCertificatesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetCertificatesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetCertificatesResultOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Certificates 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) Certificates() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

The list of certificates.

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) Filters() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutput 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutput() GetCertificatesResultOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesResultOutput

type GetHealthArgs 

type GetHealthArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to return health status for.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHealth.

type GetHealthOutputArgs 

type GetHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to return health status for.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHealth.

func (GetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetHealthResult 

type GetHealthResult struct {
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	CriticalStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"criticalStateBackendSetNames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The overall health status of the load balancer.
	// *  **OK:** All backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **WARNING:** At least one of the backend sets associated with the load balancer returns a status of `WARNING`, no backend sets return a status of `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`.
	// *  **CRITICAL:** One or more of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `CRITICAL`.
	// *  **UNKNOWN:** If any one of the following conditions is true:
	// *  The load balancer life cycle state is not `ACTIVE`.
	// *  No backend sets are defined for the load balancer.
	// *  More than half of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `UNKNOWN`, none of the backend sets return a status of `WARNING` or `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`.
	// *  The system could not retrieve metrics for any reason.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// The total number of backend sets associated with this load balancer.  Example: `4`
	TotalBackendSetCount int `pulumi:"totalBackendSetCount"`
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet2`
	UnknownStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"unknownStateBackendSetNames"`
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet3`
	WarningStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"warningStateBackendSetNames"`
}

A collection of values returned by getHealth.

func GetHealth 

func GetHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Load Balancer Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the health status for the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetHealthArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetHealthResultOutput 

type GetHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getHealth.

func GetHealthOutput 

func GetHealthOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetHealthOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetHealthResultOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendSetNames 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHealthResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) Status 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) Status() pulumi.StringOutput

The overall health status of the load balancer. * **OK:** All backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `OK`. * **WARNING:** At least one of the backend sets associated with the load balancer returns a status of `WARNING`, no backend sets return a status of `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`. * **CRITICAL:** One or more of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `CRITICAL`. * **UNKNOWN:** If any one of the following conditions is true: * The load balancer life cycle state is not `ACTIVE`. * No backend sets are defined for the load balancer. * More than half of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `UNKNOWN`, none of the backend sets return a status of `WARNING` or `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`. * The system could not retrieve metrics for any reason.

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutput 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutput() GetHealthResultOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHealthResultOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendSetCount 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendSetCount() pulumi.IntOutput

The total number of backend sets associated with this load balancer. Example: `4`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendSetNames 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet2`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendSetNames 

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet3`

type GetHostnamesArgs 

type GetHostnamesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetHostnamesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHostnames.

type GetHostnamesFilter 

type GetHostnamesFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetHostnamesFilterArgs 

type GetHostnamesFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput 

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterArray 

type GetHostnamesFilterArray []GetHostnamesFilterInput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput 

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesFilterArray and GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetHostnamesFilterArray{ GetHostnamesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterInput 

type GetHostnamesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput
	ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput
}

GetHostnamesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesFilterArgs and GetHostnamesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesFilterInput` via: 

GetHostnamesFilterArgs{...}

type GetHostnamesFilterOutput 

type GetHostnamesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostname 

type GetHostnamesHostname struct {
	// A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname string `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetHostnamesHostnameArgs 

type GetHostnamesHostnameArgs struct {
	// A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput 

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext 

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArray 

type GetHostnamesHostnameArray []GetHostnamesHostnameInput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput 

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput 

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput
	ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput
}

GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesHostnameArray and GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput` via: 

GetHostnamesHostnameArray{ GetHostnamesHostnameArgs{...} }

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput 

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameInput 

type GetHostnamesHostnameInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput
	ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput
}

GetHostnamesHostnameInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesHostnameArgs and GetHostnamesHostnameOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesHostnameInput` via: 

GetHostnamesHostnameArgs{...}

type GetHostnamesHostnameOutput 

type GetHostnamesHostnameOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Hostname 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Hostname() pulumi.StringOutput

A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing). Example: `app.example.com`

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Name 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) State 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

type GetHostnamesOutputArgs 

type GetHostnamesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHostnames.

func (GetHostnamesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetHostnamesResult 

type GetHostnamesResult struct {
	Filters []GetHostnamesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The list of hostnames.
	Hostnames []GetHostnamesHostname `pulumi:"hostnames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getHostnames.

func GetHostnames 

func GetHostnames(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetHostnamesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetHostnamesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Hostnames in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all hostname resources associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetHostnames(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetHostnamesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetHostnamesResultOutput 

type GetHostnamesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getHostnames.

func GetHostnamesOutput 

func GetHostnamesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetHostnamesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetHostnamesResultOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) Filters() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Hostnames 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) Hostnames() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

The list of hostnames.

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutput 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutput() GetHostnamesResultOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesResultOutput

type GetListenerRulesArgs 

type GetListenerRulesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetListenerRulesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The name of the listener the rules are associated with. Example: `exampleListener`
	ListenerName string `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the listener.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getListenerRules.

type GetListenerRulesFilter 

type GetListenerRulesFilter struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetListenerRulesFilterArgs 

type GetListenerRulesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArray 

type GetListenerRulesFilterArray []GetListenerRulesFilterInput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesFilterArray and GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesFilterArray{ GetListenerRulesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterInput 

type GetListenerRulesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput
}

GetListenerRulesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesFilterArgs and GetListenerRulesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesFilterInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesFilterArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesFilterOutput 

type GetListenerRulesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRule 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRule struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// A rule object that applies to the listener.
	Rules []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                             `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// A rule object that applies to the listener.
	Rules GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringInput                         `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Name 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Rules 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Rules() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

A rule object that applies to the listener.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) State 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                                        `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections int `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnection `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                                    `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayInput `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition struct {
	// The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs struct {
	// The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeName 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeName() pulumi.StringOutput

The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeValue 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeValue() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) Operator 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) Operator() pulumi.StringOutput

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnection 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnection struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Action 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Action() pulumi.StringOutput

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AllowedMethods 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Conditions 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Conditions() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) DefaultMaxConnections 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) DefaultMaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Description 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Header 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Header() pulumi.StringOutput

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) IpMaxConnections 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) IpMaxConnections() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Prefix 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Prefix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) RedirectUris 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) RedirectUris() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ResponseCode 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) StatusCode 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Suffix 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Suffix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Value 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Value() pulumi.StringOutput

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput` via: 

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput 

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Host 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Host() pulumi.StringOutput

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Path 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Port 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Protocol 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Query 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Query() pulumi.StringOutput

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

type GetListenerRulesOutputArgs 

type GetListenerRulesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The name of the listener the rules are associated with. Example: `exampleListener`
	ListenerName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getListenerRules.

func (GetListenerRulesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetListenerRulesResult 

type GetListenerRulesResult struct {
	Filters []GetListenerRulesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id           string `pulumi:"id"`
	ListenerName string `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The list of listener_rules.
	ListenerRules  []GetListenerRulesListenerRule `pulumi:"listenerRules"`
	LoadBalancerId string                         `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getListenerRules.

func GetListenerRules 

func GetListenerRules(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetListenerRulesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetListenerRulesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Listener Rules in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all of the rules from all of the rule sets associated with the specified listener. The response organizes the rules in the following order:

* Access control rules * Allow method rules * Request header rules * Response header rules

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetListenerRules(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetListenerRulesArgs{
			ListenerName:   testListener.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetListenerRulesResultOutput 

type GetListenerRulesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getListenerRules.

func GetListenerRulesOutput 

func GetListenerRulesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetListenerRulesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetListenerRulesResultOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Filters() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerName 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerRules 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerRules() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

The list of listener_rules.

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutput 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutput() GetListenerRulesResultOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter struct {
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs struct {
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResult 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResult struct {
	Filters []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of routing_policies.
	RoutingPolicies []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy `pulumi:"routingPolicies"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies 

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Routing Policies in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all routing policies associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutput 

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Filters() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) RoutingPolicies 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) RoutingPolicies() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

The list of routing_policies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion string `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                                            `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringInput                                        `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

The ordered list of routing rules.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) State 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition() pulumi.StringOutput

A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition() pulumi.StringOutput

A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancersArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId string `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// The level of detail to return for each result. Can be `full` or `simple`.  Example: `full`
	Detail *string `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName *string                  `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     []GetLoadBalancersFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State *string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancers.

type GetLoadBalancersFilter 

type GetLoadBalancersFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArray 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArray []GetLoadBalancersFilterInput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersFilterArray and GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersFilterArray{ GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterInput 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs and GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersFilterInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId string `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags map[string]string `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags map[string]string `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	IpMode      string   `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.
	IsDeleteProtectionEnabled bool `pulumi:"isDeleteProtectionEnabled"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	IsPrivate bool `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.
	IsRequestIdEnabled bool `pulumi:"isRequestIdEnabled"`
	// An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds []string `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	// If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.
	RequestIdHeader string                                   `pulumi:"requestIdHeader"`
	ReservedIps     []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Shape string `pulumi:"shape"`
	// The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.
	ShapeDetails []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	SubnetIds []string `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags map[string]string `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated string `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	IpMode      pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.
	IsDeleteProtectionEnabled pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isDeleteProtectionEnabled"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.
	IsRequestIdEnabled pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isRequestIdEnabled"`
	// An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	// If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.
	RequestIdHeader pulumi.StringInput                               `pulumi:"requestIdHeader"`
	ReservedIps     GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Shape pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"shape"`
	// The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.
	ShapeDetails GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic    bool                                                    `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	ReservedIps []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic    pulumi.BoolInput                                                `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	ReservedIps GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

An IP address. Example: `192.168.0.3`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the IP address is public or private.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Id 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

An array of IP addresses.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses deprecated 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.

Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpMode 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpMode() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsDeleteProtectionEnabled 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsDeleteProtectionEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsRequestIdEnabled added in v2.9.0 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsRequestIdEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) RequestIdHeader added in v2.9.0 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) RequestIdHeader() pulumi.StringOutput

If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Shape 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Shape() pulumi.StringOutput

A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) State 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state. Example: `SUCCEEDED`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system. Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated() pulumi.StringOutput

The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail struct {
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs struct {
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput` via: 

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs 

type GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// The level of detail to return for each result. Can be `full` or `simple`.  Example: `full`
	Detail pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput            `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancers.

func (GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetLoadBalancersResult 

type GetLoadBalancersResult struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer.
	CompartmentId string  `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Detail        *string `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName *string                  `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     []GetLoadBalancersFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of load_balancers.
	LoadBalancers []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer `pulumi:"loadBalancers"`
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State *string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancers.

func GetLoadBalancers 

func GetLoadBalancers(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetLoadBalancersArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetLoadBalancersResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancers in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all load balancers in the specified compartment.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancers`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancers(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancersArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
			Detail:        pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerDetail),
			DisplayName:   pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerDisplayName),
			State:         pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerState),
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetLoadBalancersResultOutput 

type GetLoadBalancersResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancers.

func GetLoadBalancersOutput 

func GetLoadBalancersOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Detail 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Detail() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) DisplayName 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Filters() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) LoadBalancers 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) LoadBalancers() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

The list of load_balancers.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) State 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) State() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

The current state of the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutput 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutput() GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetPathRouteSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPathRouteSets.

type GetPathRouteSetsFilter 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilter struct {
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray []GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray and GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray{ GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs and GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPathRouteSets.

func (GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      string                                  `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      pulumi.StringInput                              `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray{ GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) Name 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

The set of path route rules.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) State 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute struct {
	// The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs struct {
	// The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray{ GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

The path string to match against the incoming URI path. * Path strings are case-insensitive. * Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported. * Regular expressions are not supported.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType struct {
	// Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	MatchType string `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs struct {
	// Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	MatchType pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput` via: 

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType() pulumi.StringOutput

Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsResult 

type GetPathRouteSetsResult struct {
	Filters []GetPathRouteSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of path_route_sets.
	PathRouteSets []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet `pulumi:"pathRouteSets"`
}

A collection of values returned by getPathRouteSets.

func GetPathRouteSets 

func GetPathRouteSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetPathRouteSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetPathRouteSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Path Route Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all path route sets associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetPathRouteSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetPathRouteSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput 

type GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getPathRouteSets.

func GetPathRouteSetsOutput 

func GetPathRouteSetsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Filters() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) PathRouteSets 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) PathRouteSets() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

The list of path_route_sets.

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutput 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutput() GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

type GetPoliciesArgs 

type GetPoliciesArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer policies to list.
	CompartmentId string              `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPolicies.

type GetPoliciesFilter 

type GetPoliciesFilter struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetPoliciesFilterArgs 

type GetPoliciesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput 

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterArray 

type GetPoliciesFilterArray []GetPoliciesFilterInput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput 

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesFilterArray and GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetPoliciesFilterArray{ GetPoliciesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterInput 

type GetPoliciesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput
	ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput
}

GetPoliciesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesFilterArgs and GetPoliciesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesFilterInput` via: 

GetPoliciesFilterArgs{...}

type GetPoliciesFilterOutput 

type GetPoliciesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of a load balancing policy. Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesOutputArgs 

type GetPoliciesOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer policies to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput          `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPolicies.

func (GetPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetPoliciesPolicy 

type GetPoliciesPolicy struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetPoliciesPolicyArgs 

type GetPoliciesPolicyArgs struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput 

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArray 

type GetPoliciesPolicyArray []GetPoliciesPolicyInput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput 

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput 

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput
	ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput
}

GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesPolicyArray and GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput` via: 

GetPoliciesPolicyArray{ GetPoliciesPolicyArgs{...} }

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput 

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyInput 

type GetPoliciesPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput
	ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput
}

GetPoliciesPolicyInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesPolicyArgs and GetPoliciesPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesPolicyInput` via: 

GetPoliciesPolicyArgs{...}

type GetPoliciesPolicyOutput 

type GetPoliciesPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) Name 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of a load balancing policy. Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

type GetPoliciesResult 

type GetPoliciesResult struct {
	CompartmentId string              `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of policies.
	Policies []GetPoliciesPolicy `pulumi:"policies"`
}

A collection of values returned by getPolicies.

func GetPolicies 

func GetPolicies(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetPoliciesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetPoliciesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Policies in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the available load balancer policies.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetPolicies(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetPoliciesArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetPoliciesResultOutput 

type GetPoliciesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getPolicies.

func GetPoliciesOutput 

func GetPoliciesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetPoliciesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) Filters() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Policies 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) Policies() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

The list of policies.

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutput 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutput() GetPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesResultOutput

type GetProtocolsArgs 

type GetProtocolsArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer protocols to list.
	CompartmentId string               `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetProtocolsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getProtocols.

type GetProtocolsFilter 

type GetProtocolsFilter struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetProtocolsFilterArgs 

type GetProtocolsFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput 

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterArray 

type GetProtocolsFilterArray []GetProtocolsFilterInput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput 

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsFilterArray and GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetProtocolsFilterArray{ GetProtocolsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput 

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterInput 

type GetProtocolsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput
	ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput
}

GetProtocolsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsFilterArgs and GetProtocolsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsFilterInput` via: 

GetProtocolsFilterArgs{...}

type GetProtocolsFilterOutput 

type GetProtocolsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of a protocol. Example: 'HTTP'

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsOutputArgs 

type GetProtocolsOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer protocols to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput           `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getProtocols.

func (GetProtocolsOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetProtocolsProtocol 

type GetProtocolsProtocol struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetProtocolsProtocolArgs 

type GetProtocolsProtocolArgs struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput 

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext 

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArray 

type GetProtocolsProtocolArray []GetProtocolsProtocolInput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput 

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput 

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput
	ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput
}

GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsProtocolArray and GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput` via: 

GetProtocolsProtocolArray{ GetProtocolsProtocolArgs{...} }

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput 

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolInput 

type GetProtocolsProtocolInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput
	ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput
}

GetProtocolsProtocolInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsProtocolArgs and GetProtocolsProtocolOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsProtocolInput` via: 

GetProtocolsProtocolArgs{...}

type GetProtocolsProtocolOutput 

type GetProtocolsProtocolOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) Name 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of a protocol. Example: 'HTTP'

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext 

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

type GetProtocolsResult 

type GetProtocolsResult struct {
	CompartmentId string               `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetProtocolsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of protocols.
	Protocols []GetProtocolsProtocol `pulumi:"protocols"`
}

A collection of values returned by getProtocols.

func GetProtocols 

func GetProtocols(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetProtocolsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetProtocolsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Protocols in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all supported traffic protocols.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetProtocols(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetProtocolsArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetProtocolsResultOutput 

type GetProtocolsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getProtocols.

func GetProtocolsOutput 

func GetProtocolsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetProtocolsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetProtocolsResultOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) Filters() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Protocols 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) Protocols() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

The list of protocols.

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutput 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutput() GetProtocolsResultOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsResultOutput

type GetRuleSetItem 

type GetRuleSetItem struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                      `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetRuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections int `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections []GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemArgs 

type GetRuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                  `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetItemArray 

type GetRuleSetItemArray []GetRuleSetItemInput

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemArray and GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemArray{ GetRuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemCondition 

type GetRuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArray 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArray []GetRuleSetItemConditionInput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemConditionArray and GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemConditionArray{ GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionInput 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs and GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemConditionInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue() pulumi.StringOutput

(Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator() pulumi.StringOutput

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemInput 

type GetRuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemArgs and GetRuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray []GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray and GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray{ GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs and GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Action 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Action() pulumi.StringOutput

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Description 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Header 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Header() pulumi.StringOutput

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections() GetRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Value 

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Value() pulumi.StringOutput

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray []GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray and GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray{ GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via: 

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host() pulumi.StringOutput

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query() pulumi.StringOutput

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsArgs 

type GetRuleSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetRuleSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSets.

type GetRuleSetsFilter 

type GetRuleSetsFilter struct {
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetRuleSetsFilterArgs 

type GetRuleSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArray 

type GetRuleSetsFilterArray []GetRuleSetsFilterInput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsFilterArray and GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsFilterArray{ GetRuleSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterInput 

type GetRuleSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput
}

GetRuleSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsFilterArgs and GetRuleSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsFilterInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsFilterOutput 

type GetRuleSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsOutputArgs 

type GetRuleSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSets.

func (GetRuleSetsOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetRuleSetsResult 

type GetRuleSetsResult struct {
	Filters []GetRuleSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of rule_sets.
	RuleSets []GetRuleSetsRuleSet `pulumi:"ruleSets"`
}

A collection of values returned by getRuleSets.

func GetRuleSets 

func GetRuleSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetRuleSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetRuleSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Rule Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all rule sets associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetRuleSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetRuleSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetRuleSetsResultOutput 

type GetRuleSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getRuleSets.

func GetRuleSetsOutput 

func GetRuleSetsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetRuleSetsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetRuleSetsResultOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Filters() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) RuleSets 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) RuleSets() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

The list of rule_sets.

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutput() GetRuleSetsResultOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsResultOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSet 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSet struct {
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs struct {
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                              `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections int `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                          `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue() pulumi.StringOutput

(Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator() pulumi.StringOutput

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnection struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs struct {
	// Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Action 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Action() pulumi.StringOutput

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Description 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Header 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Header() pulumi.StringOutput

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix() pulumi.StringOutput

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Value 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Value() pulumi.StringOutput

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via: 

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host() pulumi.StringOutput

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query() pulumi.StringOutput

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput 

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ElementType 

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Id 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Items 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Items() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

An array of rules that compose the rule set.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Name 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) State 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext 

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

type GetShapesArgs 

type GetShapesArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer shapes to list.
	CompartmentId string            `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetShapesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getShapes.

type GetShapesFilter 

type GetShapesFilter struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetShapesFilterArgs 

type GetShapesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutput 

func (i GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput

type GetShapesFilterArray 

type GetShapesFilterArray []GetShapesFilterInput

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

type GetShapesFilterArrayInput 

type GetShapesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetShapesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesFilterArray and GetShapesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetShapesFilterArray{ GetShapesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetShapesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetShapesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

type GetShapesFilterInput 

type GetShapesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput
	ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput
}

GetShapesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesFilterArgs and GetShapesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesFilterInput` via: 

GetShapesFilterArgs{...}

type GetShapesFilterOutput 

type GetShapesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the shape. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutput 

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetShapesOutputArgs 

type GetShapesOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer shapes to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput        `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetShapesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getShapes.

func (GetShapesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetShapesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetShapesResult 

type GetShapesResult struct {
	CompartmentId string            `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetShapesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of shapes.
	Shapes []GetShapesShape `pulumi:"shapes"`
}

A collection of values returned by getShapes.

func GetShapes 

func GetShapes(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetShapesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetShapesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Shapes in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the valid load balancer shapes.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetShapes(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetShapesArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetShapesResultOutput 

type GetShapesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getShapes.

func GetShapesOutput 

func GetShapesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetShapesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetShapesResultOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) Filters() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Shapes 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) Shapes() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

The list of shapes.

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutput 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutput() GetShapesResultOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesResultOutput

type GetShapesShape 

type GetShapesShape struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetShapesShapeArgs 

type GetShapesShapeArgs struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ElementType 

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutput 

func (i GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext 

func (i GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput

type GetShapesShapeArray 

type GetShapesShapeArray []GetShapesShapeInput

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ElementType 

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput 

func (i GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

type GetShapesShapeArrayInput 

type GetShapesShapeArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput
	ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput
}

GetShapesShapeArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesShapeArray and GetShapesShapeArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesShapeArrayInput` via: 

GetShapesShapeArray{ GetShapesShapeArgs{...} }

type GetShapesShapeArrayOutput 

type GetShapesShapeArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetShapesShapeOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput 

func (o GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

type GetShapesShapeInput 

type GetShapesShapeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput
	ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput
}

GetShapesShapeInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesShapeArgs and GetShapesShapeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesShapeInput` via: 

GetShapesShapeArgs{...}

type GetShapesShapeOutput 

type GetShapesShapeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ElementType 

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) Name 

func (o GetShapesShapeOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the shape. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutput 

func (o GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext 

func (o GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesArgs 

type GetSslCipherSuitesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetSslCipherSuitesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuites.

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilter 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray []GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray and GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput` via: 

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray{ GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs and GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput` via: 

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs{...}

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Name 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Regex 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Regex() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Values 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Values() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs 

type GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuites.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetSslCipherSuitesResult 

type GetSslCipherSuitesResult struct {
	Filters []GetSslCipherSuitesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of ssl_cipher_suites.
	SslCipherSuites []GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite `pulumi:"sslCipherSuites"`
}

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuites.

func GetSslCipherSuites 

func GetSslCipherSuites(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetSslCipherSuitesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetSslCipherSuitesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Ssl Cipher Suites in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all SSL cipher suites associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetSslCipherSuites(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetSslCipherSuitesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuites.

func GetSslCipherSuitesOutput 

func GetSslCipherSuitesOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Filters 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Filters() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Id 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) SslCipherSuites 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) SslCipherSuites() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

The list of ssl_cipher_suites.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutputWithContext 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers []string `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray []GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray and GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput` via: 

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray{ GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs and GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput` via: 

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs{...}

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput 

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType 

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Name 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) State 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext 

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

type Hostname 

type Hostname struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

## Example Usage

## Import

Hostnames can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/hostname:Hostname test_hostname "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/hostnames/{name}" ```

func GetHostname 

func GetHostname(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HostnameState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hostname, error)

GetHostname gets an existing Hostname resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHostname 

func NewHostname(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HostnameArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hostname, error)

NewHostname registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Hostname) ElementType 

func (*Hostname) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Hostname) ToHostnameOutput 

func (i *Hostname) ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput

func (*Hostname) ToHostnameOutputWithContext 

func (i *Hostname) ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput

type HostnameArgs 

type HostnameArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Hostname resource.

func (HostnameArgs) ElementType 

func (HostnameArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HostnameArray 

type HostnameArray []HostnameInput

func (HostnameArray) ElementType 

func (HostnameArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutput 

func (i HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput

func (HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput

type HostnameArrayInput 

type HostnameArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput
	ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput
}

HostnameArrayInput is an input type that accepts HostnameArray and HostnameArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HostnameArrayInput` via: 

HostnameArray{ HostnameArgs{...} }

type HostnameArrayOutput 

type HostnameArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameArrayOutput) Index 

func (o HostnameArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) HostnameOutput

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutput 

func (o HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput

type HostnameInput 

type HostnameInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput
	ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput
}

type HostnameMap 

type HostnameMap map[string]HostnameInput

func (HostnameMap) ElementType 

func (HostnameMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutput 

func (i HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput

func (HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext 

func (i HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameMapOutput

type HostnameMapInput 

type HostnameMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput
	ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) HostnameMapOutput
}

HostnameMapInput is an input type that accepts HostnameMap and HostnameMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HostnameMapInput` via: 

HostnameMap{ "key": HostnameArgs{...} }

type HostnameMapOutput 

type HostnameMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameMapOutput) ElementType 

func (HostnameMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o HostnameMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) HostnameOutput

func (HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutput 

func (o HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput

func (HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext 

func (o HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameMapOutput

type HostnameOutput 

type HostnameOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameOutput) ElementType 

func (HostnameOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameOutput) Hostname 

func (o HostnameOutput) Hostname() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing). Example: `app.example.com`

func (HostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o HostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.

func (HostnameOutput) Name 

func (o HostnameOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (HostnameOutput) State 

func (o HostnameOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutput 

func (o HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput

func (HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutputWithContext 

func (o HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput

type HostnameState 

type HostnameState struct {
	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (HostnameState) ElementType 

func (HostnameState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Listener 

type Listener struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"connectionConfiguration"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"defaultBackendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"hostnameNames"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"pathRouteSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ruleSetNames"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"sslConfiguration"`
	State            pulumi.StringOutput               `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Listener resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a listener to a load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewListener(ctx, "test_listener", &LoadBalancer.ListenerArgs{
			DefaultBackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
			LoadBalancerId:        pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:                  pulumi.Any(listenerName),
			Port:                  pulumi.Any(listenerPort),
			Protocol:              pulumi.Any(listenerProtocol),
			ConnectionConfiguration: &loadbalancer.ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{
				IdleTimeoutInSeconds:           pulumi.Any(listenerConnectionConfigurationIdleTimeoutInSeconds),
				BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion: pulumi.Any(listenerConnectionConfigurationBackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion),
			},
			HostnameNames: pulumi.StringArray{
				testHostname.Name,
			},
			PathRouteSetName:  pulumi.Any(testPathRouteSet.Name),
			RoutingPolicyName: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.Name),
			RuleSetNames: pulumi.StringArray{
				testRuleSet.Name,
			},
			SslConfiguration: &loadbalancer.ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{
				CertificateName:                pulumi.Any(testCertificate.Name),
				HasSessionResumption:           pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationHasSessionResumption),
				CertificateIds:                 pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationCertificateIds),
				CipherSuiteName:                pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationCipherSuiteName),
				Protocols:                      pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationProtocols),
				ServerOrderPreference:          pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationServerOrderPreference),
				TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds: pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationTrustedCertificateAuthorityIds),
				VerifyDepth:                    pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationVerifyDepth),
				VerifyPeerCertificate:          pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationVerifyPeerCertificate),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

Listeners can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/listener:Listener test_listener "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/listeners/{listenerName}" ```

func GetListener 

func GetListener(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ListenerState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Listener, error)

GetListener gets an existing Listener resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewListener 

func NewListener(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ListenerArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Listener, error)

NewListener registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Listener) ElementType 

func (*Listener) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Listener) ToListenerOutput 

func (i *Listener) ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput

func (*Listener) ToListenerOutputWithContext 

func (i *Listener) ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput

type ListenerArgs 

type ListenerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntInput
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Listener resource.

func (ListenerArgs) ElementType 

func (ListenerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ListenerArray 

type ListenerArray []ListenerInput

func (ListenerArray) ElementType 

func (ListenerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutput 

func (i ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput

func (ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput

type ListenerArrayInput 

type ListenerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput
	ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput
}

ListenerArrayInput is an input type that accepts ListenerArray and ListenerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerArrayInput` via: 

ListenerArray{ ListenerArgs{...} }

type ListenerArrayOutput 

type ListenerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerArrayOutput) Index 

func (o ListenerArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) ListenerOutput

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutput 

func (o ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfiguration 

type ListenerConnectionConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version.  Example: `1`
	BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion *int `pulumi:"backendTcpProxyProtocolVersion"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.
	//
	// For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).
	//
	// Example: `1200`
	IdleTimeoutInSeconds string `pulumi:"idleTimeoutInSeconds"`
}

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs 

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version.  Example: `1`
	BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"backendTcpProxyProtocolVersion"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.
	//
	// For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).
	//
	// Example: `1200`
	IdleTimeoutInSeconds pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"idleTimeoutInSeconds"`
}

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput 

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput 

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput
	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput
}

ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs and ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput` via: 

ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{...}

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput 

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version. Example: `1`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.

For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).

Example: `1200`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput 

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput
}

ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs, ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtr and ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput` via: 

        ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtr 

func ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtr(v *ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput 

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version. Example: `1`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.

For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).

Example: `1200`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerInput 

type ListenerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput
	ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput
}

type ListenerMap 

type ListenerMap map[string]ListenerInput

func (ListenerMap) ElementType 

func (ListenerMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutput 

func (i ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput

func (ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerMapOutput

type ListenerMapInput 

type ListenerMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput
	ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerMapOutput
}

ListenerMapInput is an input type that accepts ListenerMap and ListenerMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerMapInput` via: 

ListenerMap{ "key": ListenerArgs{...} }

type ListenerMapOutput 

type ListenerMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerMapOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o ListenerMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) ListenerOutput

func (ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutput 

func (o ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput

func (ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerMapOutput

type ListenerOutput 

type ListenerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerOutput) ConnectionConfiguration 

func (o ListenerOutput) ConnectionConfiguration() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.

func (ListenerOutput) DefaultBackendSetName 

func (o ListenerOutput) DefaultBackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the associated backend set. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (ListenerOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerOutput) HostnameNames 

func (o ListenerOutput) HostnameNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.

func (ListenerOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o ListenerOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.

func (ListenerOutput) Name 

func (o ListenerOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleListener`

func (ListenerOutput) PathRouteSetName 

func (o ListenerOutput) PathRouteSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.

The name of the set of path-based routing rules, PathRouteSet(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.

Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (ListenerOutput) Port 

func (o ListenerOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The communication port for the listener. Example: `80`

func (ListenerOutput) Protocol 

func (o ListenerOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation. Example: `HTTP`

func (ListenerOutput) RoutingPolicyName 

func (o ListenerOutput) RoutingPolicyName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic. Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`

func (ListenerOutput) RuleSetNames 

func (o ListenerOutput) RuleSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener. Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]

func (ListenerOutput) SslConfiguration 

func (o ListenerOutput) SslConfiguration() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

(Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (ListenerOutput) State 

func (o ListenerOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutput 

func (o ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput

func (ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput

type ListenerSslConfiguration 

type ListenerSslConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName *string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName *string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should resume an encrypted session by reusing the cryptographic parameters of a previous TLS session, without having to perform a full handshake again. If "true", the service resumes the previous TLS encrypted session. If "false", the service starts a new TLS encrypted session. Enabling session resumption improves performance but provides a lower level of security. Disabling session resumption improves security but reduces performance.  Example: `true`
	HasSessionResumption *bool `pulumi:"hasSessionResumption"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	// *  TLSv1.3
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference *string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth *int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate *bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type ListenerSslConfigurationArgs 

type ListenerSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should resume an encrypted session by reusing the cryptographic parameters of a previous TLS session, without having to perform a full handshake again. If "true", the service resumes the previous TLS encrypted session. If "false", the service starts a new TLS encrypted session. Enabling session resumption improves performance but provides a lower level of security. Disabling session resumption improves security but reduces performance.  Example: `true`
	HasSessionResumption pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"hasSessionResumption"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	// *  TLSv1.3
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType 

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput 

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerSslConfigurationInput 

type ListenerSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput
	ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput
}

ListenerSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts ListenerSslConfigurationArgs and ListenerSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerSslConfigurationInput` via: 

ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type ListenerSslConfigurationOutput 

type ListenerSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) HasSessionResumption 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) HasSessionResumption() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should resume an encrypted session by reusing the cryptographic parameters of a previous TLS session, without having to perform a full handshake again. If "true", the service resumes the previous TLS encrypted session. If "false", the service starts a new TLS encrypted session. Enabling session resumption improves performance but provides a lower level of security. Disabling session resumption improves security but reduces performance. Example: `true`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2 * TLSv1.3

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput 

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput
}

ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts ListenerSslConfigurationArgs, ListenerSslConfigurationPtr and ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput` via: 

        ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ListenerSslConfigurationPtr 

func ListenerSslConfigurationPtr(v *ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) HasSessionResumption 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) HasSessionResumption() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should resume an encrypted session by reusing the cryptographic parameters of a previous TLS session, without having to perform a full handshake again. If "true", the service resumes the previous TLS encrypted session. If "false", the service starts a new TLS encrypted session. Enabling session resumption improves performance but provides a lower level of security. Disabling session resumption improves security but reduces performance. Example: `true`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2 * TLSv1.3

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate 

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type ListenerState 

type ListenerState struct {
	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput
	State            pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (ListenerState) ElementType 

func (ListenerState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancer 

type LoadBalancer struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.
	//
	// If "true", the loadbalancer will be protected against deletion if configured to accept traffic.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer will not be protected against deletion.
	//
	// Delete protection will not be enabled unless a value of "true" is provided. Example: `true`
	IsDeleteProtectionEnabled pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"isDeleteProtectionEnabled"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.
	//
	// If "true", the load balancer will attach a unique request id header to every request passed through from the load balancer to load balancer backends. This same request id header also will be added to the response the lb received from the backend handling the request before the load balancer returns the response to the requestor. The name of the unique request id header is set the by value of requestIdHeader.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer not add this unique request id header to either the request passed through to the load balancer backends nor to the reponse returned to the user.
	//
	// New load balancers have the Request Id feature disabled unless isRequestIdEnabled is set to true.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsRequestIdEnabled pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"isRequestIdEnabled"`
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	// (Updatable) If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.
	//
	// If a request to the load balancer already contains a header with same name as specified in requestIdHeader then the load balancer will not change the value of that field.
	//
	// If isRequestIdEnabled is false then this field is ignored.
	//
	// If this field is not set or is set to "" then this field defaults to X-Request-Id
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// * Unless the header name is "" it must start with "X-" prefix.
	// * Setting the header name to "" will set it to the default: X-Request-Id.
	RequestIdHeader pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"requestIdHeader"`
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: After May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"shape"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

This resource provides the Load Balancer resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a new load balancer in the specified compartment. For general information about load balancers, see [Overview of the Load Balancing Service](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm).

For the purposes of access control, you must provide the OCID of the compartment where you want the load balancer to reside. Notice that the load balancer doesn't have to be in the same compartment as the VCN or backend set. If you're not sure which compartment to use, put the load balancer in the same compartment as the VCN. For information about access control and compartments, see [Overview of the IAM Service](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Identity/Concepts/overview.htm).

You must specify a display name for the load balancer. It does not have to be unique, and you can change it.

For information about Availability Domains, see [Regions and Availability Domains](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). To get a list of Availability Domains, use the `ListAvailabilityDomains` operation in the Identity and Access Management Service API.

All Oracle Cloud Infrastructure resources, including load balancers, get an Oracle-assigned, unique ID called an Oracle Cloud Identifier (OCID). When you create a resource, you can find its OCID in the response. You can also retrieve a resource's OCID by using a List API operation on that resource type, or by viewing the resource in the Console. Fore more information, see [Resource Identifiers](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

When you create a load balancer, the system assigns an IP address. To get the IP address, use the GetLoadBalancer(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancer/GetLoadBalancer) operation.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancer`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewLoadBalancer(ctx, "test_load_balancer", &LoadBalancer.LoadBalancerArgs{
			CompartmentId: pulumi.Any(compartmentId),
			DisplayName:   pulumi.Any(loadBalancerDisplayName),
			Shape:         pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShape),
			SubnetIds:     pulumi.Any(loadBalancerSubnetIds),
			DefinedTags: pulumi.StringMap{
				"Operations.CostCenter": pulumi.String("42"),
			},
			FreeformTags: pulumi.StringMap{
				"Department": pulumi.String("Finance"),
			},
			IpMode:                    pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIpMode),
			IsDeleteProtectionEnabled: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIsDeleteProtectionEnabled),
			IsPrivate:                 pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIsPrivate),
			IsRequestIdEnabled:        pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIsRequestIdEnabled),
			NetworkSecurityGroupIds:   pulumi.Any(loadBalancerNetworkSecurityGroupIds),
			RequestIdHeader:           pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRequestIdHeader),
			ReservedIps: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerReservedIpArray{
				&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{
					Id: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerReservedIpsId),
				},
			},
			ShapeDetails: &loadbalancer.LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{
				MaximumBandwidthInMbps: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShapeDetailsMaximumBandwidthInMbps),
				MinimumBandwidthInMbps: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShapeDetailsMinimumBandwidthInMbps),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

LoadBalancers can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/loadBalancer:LoadBalancer test_load_balancer "id" ```

func GetLoadBalancer 

func GetLoadBalancer(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *LoadBalancerState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancer, error)

GetLoadBalancer gets an existing LoadBalancer resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewLoadBalancer 

func NewLoadBalancer(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *LoadBalancerArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancer, error)

NewLoadBalancer registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*LoadBalancer) ElementType 

func (*LoadBalancer) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutput 

func (i *LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput

func (*LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext 

func (i *LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput

type LoadBalancerArgs 

type LoadBalancerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.StringMapInput
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.StringMapInput
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.
	//
	// If "true", the loadbalancer will be protected against deletion if configured to accept traffic.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer will not be protected against deletion.
	//
	// Delete protection will not be enabled unless a value of "true" is provided. Example: `true`
	IsDeleteProtectionEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.
	//
	// If "true", the load balancer will attach a unique request id header to every request passed through from the load balancer to load balancer backends. This same request id header also will be added to the response the lb received from the backend handling the request before the load balancer returns the response to the requestor. The name of the unique request id header is set the by value of requestIdHeader.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer not add this unique request id header to either the request passed through to the load balancer backends nor to the reponse returned to the user.
	//
	// New load balancers have the Request Id feature disabled unless isRequestIdEnabled is set to true.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsRequestIdEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.
	//
	// If a request to the load balancer already contains a header with same name as specified in requestIdHeader then the load balancer will not change the value of that field.
	//
	// If isRequestIdEnabled is false then this field is ignored.
	//
	// If this field is not set or is set to "" then this field defaults to X-Request-Id
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// * Unless the header name is "" it must start with "X-" prefix.
	// * Setting the header name to "" will set it to the default: X-Request-Id.
	RequestIdHeader pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: After May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a LoadBalancer resource.

func (LoadBalancerArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancerArray 

type LoadBalancerArray []LoadBalancerInput

func (LoadBalancerArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerArray and LoadBalancerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerArray{ LoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerOutput

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerInput 

type LoadBalancerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput
	ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetail 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetail struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress *string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic    *bool                                   `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	ReservedIps []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic    pulumi.BoolPtrInput                             `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray{ LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput` via: 

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

An IP address. Example: `192.168.0.3`

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Whether the IP address is public or private.

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id *string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	Id pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray{ LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput` via: 

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerMap 

type LoadBalancerMap map[string]LoadBalancerInput

func (LoadBalancerMap) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput

type LoadBalancerMapInput 

type LoadBalancerMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput
	ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput
}

LoadBalancerMapInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerMap and LoadBalancerMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerMapInput` via: 

LoadBalancerMap{ "key": LoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerMapOutput 

type LoadBalancerMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o LoadBalancerMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) LoadBalancerOutput

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput

type LoadBalancerOutput 

type LoadBalancerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

(Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

(Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

An array of IP addresses.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses deprecated 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead

Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpMode 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IpMode() pulumi.StringOutput

IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.

If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.

If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.

Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IsDeleteProtectionEnabled 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IsDeleteProtectionEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.

If "true", the loadbalancer will be protected against deletion if configured to accept traffic.

If "false", the loadbalancer will not be protected against deletion.

Delete protection will not be enabled unless a value of "true" is provided. Example: `true`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.

If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.

If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.

A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).

Example: `true`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IsRequestIdEnabled added in v2.9.0 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IsRequestIdEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.

If "true", the load balancer will attach a unique request id header to every request passed through from the load balancer to load balancer backends. This same request id header also will be added to the response the lb received from the backend handling the request before the load balancer returns the response to the requestor. The name of the unique request id header is set the by value of requestIdHeader.

If "false", the loadbalancer not add this unique request id header to either the request passed through to the load balancer backends nor to the reponse returned to the user.

New load balancers have the Request Id feature disabled unless isRequestIdEnabled is set to true.

Example: `true`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.

During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.

The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include: * NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer. * The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.

Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) RequestIdHeader added in v2.9.0 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) RequestIdHeader() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.

If a request to the load balancer already contains a header with same name as specified in requestIdHeader then the load balancer will not change the value of that field.

If isRequestIdEnabled is false then this field is ignored.

If this field is not set or is set to "" then this field defaults to X-Request-Id

**Notes:** * Unless the header name is "" it must start with "X-" prefix. * Setting the header name to "" will set it to the default: X-Request-Id.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) Shape 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) Shape() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation. Example: `flexible` NOTE: After May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

(Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) State 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

The current state of the load balancer.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags() pulumi.StringMapOutput

System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system. Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated() pulumi.StringOutput

The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIp 

type LoadBalancerReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	//
	// Reserved IPs are IPs which already registered using VCN API.
	//
	// Create a reserved Public IP and then while creating the load balancer pass the ocid of the reserved IP in this field reservedIp to attach the Ip to Load balancer. Load balancer will be configured to listen to traffic on this IP.
	//
	// Reserved IPs will not be deleted when the Load balancer is deleted. They will be unattached from the Load balancer.
	//
	// Example: "ocid1.publicip.oc1.phx.unique_ID" Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id *string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.
	//
	// Reserved IPs are IPs which already registered using VCN API.
	//
	// Create a reserved Public IP and then while creating the load balancer pass the ocid of the reserved IP in this field reservedIp to attach the Ip to Load balancer. Load balancer will be configured to listen to traffic on this IP.
	//
	// Reserved IPs will not be deleted when the Load balancer is deleted. They will be unattached from the Load balancer.
	//
	// Example: "ocid1.publicip.oc1.phx.unique_ID" Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArray 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArray []LoadBalancerReservedIpInput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerReservedIpArray and LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerReservedIpArray{ LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpInput 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
}

LoadBalancerReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs and LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerReservedIpInput` via: 

LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

type LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Ocid of the Reserved IP/Public Ip created with VCN.

Reserved IPs are IPs which already registered using VCN API.

Create a reserved Public IP and then while creating the load balancer pass the ocid of the reserved IP in this field reservedIp to attach the Ip to Load balancer. Load balancer will be configured to listen to traffic on this IP.

Reserved IPs will not be deleted when the Load balancer is deleted. They will be unattached from the Load balancer.

Example: "ocid1.publicip.oc1.phx.unique_ID" Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this list of routing rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRoutingRules`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput                      `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Load Balancer Routing Policy resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a routing policy to a load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx, "test_load_balancer_routing_policy", &LoadBalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{
			ConditionLanguageVersion: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyConditionLanguageVersion),
			LoadBalancerId:           pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:                     pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyName),
			Rules: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{
				&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{
					Actions: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{
						&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{
							BackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
							Name:           pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesActionsName),
						},
					},
					Condition: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesCondition),
					Name:      pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesName),
				},
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicies can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/loadBalancerRoutingPolicy:LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy test_load_balancer_routing_policy "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/routingPolicies/{routingPolicyName}" ```

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy 

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy, error)

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy gets an existing LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy 

func NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy, error)

NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ElementType 

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput 

func (i *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name for this list of routing rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRoutingRules`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy resource.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap map[string]LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap{ "key": LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Name 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this list of routing rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRoutingRules`

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

(Updatable) The list of routing rules.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) State 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// (Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// (Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// (Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The name can be one of these values: `FORWARD_TO_BACKENDSET`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The name can be one of these values: `FORWARD_TO_BACKENDSET`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name can be one of these values: `FORWARD_TO_BACKENDSET`

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// (Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via: 

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

(Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState 

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState struct {
	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name for this list of routing rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRoutingRules`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancerShapeDetails 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetails struct {
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	//
	// The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).
	//
	// Example: `1500`
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	//
	// The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).
	//
	// Example: `1500`
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput 

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput
	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput
}

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs and LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput` via: 

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).

Example: `1500`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput
	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput
}

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs, LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtr and LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput` via: 

        LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtr 

func LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtr(v *LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput 

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) Elem() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).

Example: `1500`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerState 

type LoadBalancerState struct {
	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.StringMapInput
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.StringMapInput
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has delete protection enabled.
	//
	// If "true", the loadbalancer will be protected against deletion if configured to accept traffic.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer will not be protected against deletion.
	//
	// Delete protection will not be enabled unless a value of "true" is provided. Example: `true`
	IsDeleteProtectionEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether or not the load balancer has the Request Id feature enabled for HTTP listeners.
	//
	// If "true", the load balancer will attach a unique request id header to every request passed through from the load balancer to load balancer backends. This same request id header also will be added to the response the lb received from the backend handling the request before the load balancer returns the response to the requestor. The name of the unique request id header is set the by value of requestIdHeader.
	//
	// If "false", the loadbalancer not add this unique request id header to either the request passed through to the load balancer backends nor to the reponse returned to the user.
	//
	// New load balancers have the Request Id feature disabled unless isRequestIdEnabled is set to true.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsRequestIdEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) If isRequestIdEnabled is true then this field contains the name of the header field that contains the unique request id that is attached to every request from the load balancer to the load balancer backends and to every response from the load balancer.
	//
	// If a request to the load balancer already contains a header with same name as specified in requestIdHeader then the load balancer will not change the value of that field.
	//
	// If isRequestIdEnabled is false then this field is ignored.
	//
	// If this field is not set or is set to "" then this field defaults to X-Request-Id
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// * Unless the header name is "" it must start with "X-" prefix.
	// * Setting the header name to "" will set it to the default: X-Request-Id.
	RequestIdHeader pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: After May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.StringMapInput
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (LoadBalancerState) ElementType 

func (LoadBalancerState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs 

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the routing policy to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName string `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs 

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the routing policy to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResult 

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResult struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion string `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	Id                       string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId           string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name              string `pulumi:"name"`
	RoutingPolicyName string `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                             `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy 

func LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Load Balancer Routing Policy resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified routing policy.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{
			LoadBalancerId:    testLoadBalancer.Id,
			RoutingPolicyName: testRoutingPolicy.Name,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput 

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput 

func LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ElementType 

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Id 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Name 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) RoutingPolicyName 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) RoutingPolicyName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Rules 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Rules() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

The ordered list of routing rules.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) State 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput() LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutputWithContext 

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

type LookupRuleSetArgs 

type LookupRuleSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the rule set to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSet.

type LookupRuleSetOutputArgs 

type LookupRuleSetOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the rule set to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSet.

func (LookupRuleSetOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (LookupRuleSetOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupRuleSetResult 

type LookupRuleSetResult struct {
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items          []GetRuleSetItem `pulumi:"items"`
	LoadBalancerId string           `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getRuleSet.

func LookupRuleSet 

func LookupRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupRuleSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupRuleSetResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Rule Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified set of rules.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetRuleSet(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetRuleSetArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
			Name:           ruleSetName,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupRuleSetResultOutput 

type LookupRuleSetResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getRuleSet.

func LookupRuleSetOutput 

func LookupRuleSetOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupRuleSetOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupRuleSetResultOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ElementType 

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Id 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Items 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Items() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

An array of rules that compose the rule set.

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Name 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) State 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutput 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutput() LookupRuleSetResultOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutputWithContext 

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupRuleSetResultOutput

type LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs 

type LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the SSL cipher suite to retrieve.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuite.

type LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs 

type LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the SSL cipher suite to retrieve.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuite.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs) ElementType 

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResult 

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResult struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers        []string `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	Id             string   `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string   `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuite.

func LookupSslCipherSuite 

func LookupSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSslCipherSuiteResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Ssl Cipher Suite resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified SSL cipher suite's configuration information.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetSslCipherSuite(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetSslCipherSuiteArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
			Name:           sslCipherSuiteName,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput 

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuite.

func LookupSslCipherSuiteOutput 

func LookupSslCipherSuiteOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Ciphers 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Ciphers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ElementType 

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Id 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Name 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) State 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput() LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutputWithContext 

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

type PathRouteSet 

type PathRouteSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      pulumi.StringOutput              `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Path Route Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a path route set to a load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewPathRouteSet(ctx, "test_path_route_set", &LoadBalancer.PathRouteSetArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetName),
			PathRoutes: loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRouteArray{
				&loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{
					BackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
					Path:           pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetPathRoutesPath),
					PathMatchType: &loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{
						MatchType: pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetPathRoutesPathMatchTypeMatchType),
					},
				},
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

PathRouteSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/pathRouteSet:PathRouteSet test_path_route_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/pathRouteSets/{pathRouteSetName}" ```

func GetPathRouteSet 

func GetPathRouteSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PathRouteSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PathRouteSet, error)

GetPathRouteSet gets an existing PathRouteSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPathRouteSet 

func NewPathRouteSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PathRouteSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PathRouteSet, error)

NewPathRouteSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PathRouteSet) ElementType 

func (*PathRouteSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutput 

func (i *PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput

func (*PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext 

func (i *PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput

type PathRouteSetArgs 

type PathRouteSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PathRouteSet resource.

func (PathRouteSetArgs) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type PathRouteSetArray 

type PathRouteSetArray []PathRouteSetInput

func (PathRouteSetArray) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput 

func (i PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetArrayInput 

type PathRouteSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput
	ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput
}

PathRouteSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetArray and PathRouteSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetArrayInput` via: 

PathRouteSetArray{ PathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetArrayOutput 

type PathRouteSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o PathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) PathRouteSetOutput

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetInput 

type PathRouteSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput
	ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput
}

type PathRouteSetMap 

type PathRouteSetMap map[string]PathRouteSetInput

func (PathRouteSetMap) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput 

func (i PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput

func (PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (i PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput

type PathRouteSetMapInput 

type PathRouteSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput
	ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput
}

PathRouteSetMapInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetMap and PathRouteSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetMapInput` via: 

PathRouteSetMap{ "key": PathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetMapOutput 

type PathRouteSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o PathRouteSetMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) PathRouteSetOutput

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput

type PathRouteSetOutput 

type PathRouteSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.

func (PathRouteSetOutput) Name 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (PathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

(Updatable) The set of path route rules.

func (PathRouteSetOutput) State 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoute 

type PathRouteSetPathRoute struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	//
	// Example: `/example/video/123`
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	//
	// Example: `/example/video/123`
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArray 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArray []PathRouteSetPathRouteInput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRouteArray and PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput` via: 

PathRouteSetPathRouteArray{ PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteInput 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRouteInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs and PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRouteInput` via: 

PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...}

type PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

type PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path. * Path strings are case-insensitive. * Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported. * Regular expressions are not supported.

Example: `/example/video/123`

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

(Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType 

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType struct {
	// (Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	//
	// For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	MatchType string `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs 

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	//
	// For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	MatchType pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext 

func (i PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput 

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs and PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput` via: 

PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{...}

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.

For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext 

func (o PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type PathRouteSetState 

type PathRouteSetState struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput
	State      pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (PathRouteSetState) ElementType 

func (PathRouteSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleSet 

type RuleSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayOutput `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Rule Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a new rule set associated with the specified load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewRuleSet(ctx, "test_rule_set", &LoadBalancer.RuleSetArgs{
			Items: loadbalancer.RuleSetItemArray{
				&loadbalancer.RuleSetItemArgs{
					Action:                      pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAction),
					AllowedMethods:              pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAllowedMethods),
					AreInvalidCharactersAllowed: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAreInvalidCharactersAllowed),
					Conditions: loadbalancer.RuleSetItemConditionArray{
						&loadbalancer.RuleSetItemConditionArgs{
							AttributeName:  pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsAttributeName),
							AttributeValue: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsAttributeValue),
							Operator:       pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsOperator),
						},
					},
					DefaultMaxConnections:   pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsDefaultMaxConnections),
					Description:             pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsDescription),
					Header:                  pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsHeader),
					HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsHttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb),
					IpMaxConnections: loadbalancer.RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray{
						&loadbalancer.RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{
							IpAddresses:    pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsIpMaxConnectionsIpAddresses),
							MaxConnections: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsIpMaxConnectionsMaxConnections),
						},
					},
					Prefix: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsPrefix),
					RedirectUri: &loadbalancer.RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{
						Host:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriHost),
						Path:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriPath),
						Port:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriPort),
						Protocol: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriProtocol),
						Query:    pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriQuery),
					},
					ResponseCode: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsResponseCode),
					StatusCode:   pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsStatusCode),
					Suffix:       pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsSuffix),
					Value:        pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsValue),
				},
			},
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(ruleSetName),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

RuleSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/ruleSet:RuleSet test_rule_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/ruleSets/{ruleSetName}" ```

func GetRuleSet 

func GetRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *RuleSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*RuleSet, error)

GetRuleSet gets an existing RuleSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewRuleSet 

func NewRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *RuleSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*RuleSet, error)

NewRuleSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*RuleSet) ElementType 

func (*RuleSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutput 

func (i *RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput

func (*RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext 

func (i *RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput

type RuleSetArgs 

type RuleSetArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a RuleSet resource.

func (RuleSetArgs) ElementType 

func (RuleSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleSetArray 

type RuleSetArray []RuleSetInput

func (RuleSetArray) ElementType 

func (RuleSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutput 

func (i RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput

func (RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput

type RuleSetArrayInput 

type RuleSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput
}

RuleSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetArray and RuleSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetArrayInput` via: 

RuleSetArray{ RuleSetArgs{...} }

type RuleSetArrayOutput 

type RuleSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) Index 

func (o RuleSetArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) RuleSetOutput

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutput 

func (o RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput

type RuleSetInput 

type RuleSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput
	ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput
}

type RuleSetItem 

type RuleSetItem struct {
	// (Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// (Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	//
	// By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).
	//
	// Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.
	//
	// The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.
	//
	// Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// (Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed *bool `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	// (Updatable)
	Conditions []RuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections *int `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// (Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// (Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header *string `pulumi:"header"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb *int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// (Updatable) An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections []RuleSetItemIpMaxConnection `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// (Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `examplePrefixValue`
	Prefix *string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// (Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	//
	// **NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.
	//
	// Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.
	//
	// In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {host}     : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {port}     : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {path}     : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {query}    : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.
	//
	// You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:
	//
	// `/example{path}123\{path\}`
	//
	// appears in the constructed redirect URI as:
	//
	// `/example/video123{path}`
	RedirectUri *RuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUri"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	//
	// The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are:
	// *  301
	// *  302
	// *  303
	// *  307
	// *  308
	//
	// The default value is `302` (Found).
	//
	// Example: `301`
	ResponseCode *int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode *int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// (Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleSuffixValue`
	Suffix *string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// (Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleValue`
	Value *string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type RuleSetItemArgs 

type RuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// (Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	//
	// By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).
	//
	// Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.
	//
	// The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.
	//
	// Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// (Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	// (Updatable)
	Conditions RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.
	DefaultMaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"defaultMaxConnections"`
	// (Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// (Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// (Updatable) An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is
	IpMaxConnections RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput `pulumi:"ipMaxConnections"`
	// (Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `examplePrefixValue`
	Prefix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// (Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	//
	// **NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.
	//
	// Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.
	//
	// In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {host}     : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {port}     : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {path}     : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {query}    : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.
	//
	// You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:
	//
	// `/example{path}123\{path\}`
	//
	// appears in the constructed redirect URI as:
	//
	// `/example/video123{path}`
	RedirectUri RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput `pulumi:"redirectUri"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	//
	// The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are:
	// *  301
	// *  302
	// *  303
	// *  307
	// *  308
	//
	// The default value is `302` (Found).
	//
	// Example: `301`
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// (Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleSuffixValue`
	Suffix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// (Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleValue`
	Value pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput

type RuleSetItemArray 

type RuleSetItemArray []RuleSetItemInput

func (RuleSetItemArray) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemArrayInput 

type RuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

RuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemArray and RuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemArrayInput` via: 

RuleSetItemArray{ RuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type RuleSetItemArrayOutput 

type RuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index 

func (o RuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemCondition 

type RuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// (Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator *string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type RuleSetItemConditionArgs 

type RuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// (Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionArray 

type RuleSetItemConditionArray []RuleSetItemConditionInput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput 

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemConditionArray and RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via: 

RuleSetItemConditionArray{ RuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) RuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionInput 

type RuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

RuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemConditionArgs and RuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemConditionInput` via: 

RuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemConditionOutput 

type RuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput

type RuleSetItemInput 

type RuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput
	ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput
}

RuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemArgs and RuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemInput` via: 

RuleSetItemArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnection 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnection struct {
	// (Updatable) Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections *int `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.
	MaxConnections pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maxConnections"`
}

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray []RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput
}

RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray and RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayInput` via: 

RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArray{ RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...} }

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
	ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput
}

RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs and RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionInput` via: 

RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

type RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) IpAddresses() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Each element in the list should be valid IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR Block address. Example: '["129.213.176.0/24", "150.136.187.0/24", "2002::1234:abcd:ffff:c0a8:101/64"]'

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) MaxConnections() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum number of simultaneous connections that the specified IPs can make to the Listener. IPs without a maxConnections setting can make either defaultMaxConnections simultaneous connections to a listener or, if no defaultMaxConnections is specified, an unlimited number of simultaneous connections to a listener.

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

func (RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput) ToRuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionOutput

type RuleSetItemOutput 

type RuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Action 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Action() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `IP_BASED_MAX_CONNECTIONS`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).

Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.

The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.

Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]

func (RuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Conditions 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Conditions() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

(Updatable)

func (RuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) DefaultMaxConnections() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum number of connections that the any IP can make to a listener unless the IP is mentioned in maxConnections. If no defaultMaxConnections is specified the default is unlimited.

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Description 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Header 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Header() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (RuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) IpMaxConnections() RuleSetItemIpMaxConnectionArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of IPs that have a maxConnection setting different than the default and what that maxConnection setting is

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Prefix 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Prefix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `examplePrefixValue`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUri 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUri() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

(Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

**NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.

For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.

Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.

In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {host} : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {port} : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {path} : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {query} : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.

The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.

You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:

`/example{path}123\{path\}`

appears in the constructed redirect URI as:

`/example/video123{path}`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are: * 301 * 302 * 303 * 307 * 308

The default value is `302` (Found).

Example: `301`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Suffix 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Suffix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `exampleSuffixValue`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Value 

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Value() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `exampleValue`

type RuleSetItemRedirectUri 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// (Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI.
	// *  **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Host *string `pulumi:"host"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI.
	// *  __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Path *string `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.
	//
	// When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// Example: `8081`
	Port *int `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are:
	// *  HTTP
	// *  HTTPS
	// *  {protocol}
	//
	// `{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.
	//
	// Example: `HTTPS`
	Protocol *string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.
	//
	// You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI.
	// * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string.
	// * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`.
	// *  **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request.
	// *  **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Query *string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI.
	// *  **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Host pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI.
	// *  __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Path pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.
	//
	// When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// Example: `8081`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are:
	// *  HTTP
	// *  HTTPS
	// *  {protocol}
	//
	// `{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.
	//
	// Example: `HTTPS`
	Protocol pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.
	//
	// You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI.
	// * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string.
	// * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`.
	// *  **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request.
	// *  **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Query pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput 

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via: 

RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`

Examples: * **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI. * **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.

Examples: * __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI. * __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.

When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.

Example: `8081`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are: * HTTP * HTTPS * {protocol}

`{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.

Example: `HTTPS`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.

You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.

Examples: * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI. * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string. * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`. * **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request. * **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput
	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput
}

RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs, RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtr and RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput` via: 

        RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtr 

func RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtr(v *RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput 

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Elem() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Host 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Host() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`

Examples: * **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI. * **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Path 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Path() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.

Examples: * __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI. * __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Port 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Port() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.

When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.

Example: `8081`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Protocol 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are: * HTTP * HTTPS * {protocol}

`{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.

Example: `HTTPS`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Query 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Query() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.

You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.

Examples: * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI. * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string. * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`. * **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request. * **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetMap 

type RuleSetMap map[string]RuleSetInput

func (RuleSetMap) ElementType 

func (RuleSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutput 

func (i RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput

func (RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (i RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput

type RuleSetMapInput 

type RuleSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput
	ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput
}

RuleSetMapInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetMap and RuleSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetMapInput` via: 

RuleSetMap{ "key": RuleSetArgs{...} }

type RuleSetMapOutput 

type RuleSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o RuleSetMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) RuleSetOutput

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutput 

func (o RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput

type RuleSetOutput 

type RuleSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetOutput) ElementType 

func (RuleSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetOutput) Items 

func (o RuleSetOutput) Items() RuleSetItemArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)

func (RuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o RuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.

func (RuleSetOutput) Name 

func (o RuleSetOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (RuleSetOutput) State 

func (o RuleSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutput 

func (o RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput

func (RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext 

func (o RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput

type RuleSetState 

type RuleSetState struct {
	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (RuleSetState) ElementType 

func (RuleSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SslCipherSuite 

type SslCipherSuite struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Ssl Cipher Suite resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a custom SSL cipher suite.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import ( 

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/v2/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

) 

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewSslCipherSuite(ctx, "test_ssl_cipher_suite", &LoadBalancer.SslCipherSuiteArgs{
			Ciphers:        pulumi.Any(sslCipherSuiteCiphers),
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(sslCipherSuiteName),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

SslCipherSuites can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/sslCipherSuite:SslCipherSuite test_ssl_cipher_suite "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/sslCipherSuites/{name}" ```

func GetSslCipherSuite 

func GetSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SslCipherSuiteState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SslCipherSuite, error)

GetSslCipherSuite gets an existing SslCipherSuite resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSslCipherSuite 

func NewSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SslCipherSuiteArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SslCipherSuite, error)

NewSslCipherSuite registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SslCipherSuite) ElementType 

func (*SslCipherSuite) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput 

func (i *SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (*SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext 

func (i *SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput

type SslCipherSuiteArgs 

type SslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SslCipherSuite resource.

func (SslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SslCipherSuiteArray 

type SslCipherSuiteArray []SslCipherSuiteInput

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

func (i SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type SslCipherSuiteArrayInput 

type SslCipherSuiteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
}

SslCipherSuiteArrayInput is an input type that accepts SslCipherSuiteArray and SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SslCipherSuiteArrayInput` via: 

SslCipherSuiteArray{ SslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

type SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index 

func (o SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput 

func (o SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type SslCipherSuiteInput 

type SslCipherSuiteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput
}

type SslCipherSuiteMap 

type SslCipherSuiteMap map[string]SslCipherSuiteInput

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput 

func (i SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext 

func (i SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

type SslCipherSuiteMapInput 

type SslCipherSuiteMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput
}

SslCipherSuiteMapInput is an input type that accepts SslCipherSuiteMap and SslCipherSuiteMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SslCipherSuiteMapInput` via: 

SslCipherSuiteMap{ "key": SslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type SslCipherSuiteMapOutput 

type SslCipherSuiteMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) MapIndex 

func (o SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput 

func (o SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext 

func (o SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

type SslCipherSuiteOutput 

type SslCipherSuiteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) Name 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

**Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names: * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) State 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext 

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput

type SslCipherSuiteState 

type SslCipherSuiteState struct {
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (SslCipherSuiteState) ElementType 

func (SslCipherSuiteState) ElementType() reflect.Type

Source Files

View all Source files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.